Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation


Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.


Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Are these your photographs in this web site?

Absolutely Yes. Also in our new media accounts, we use our own photos.

What languages do you speak?

Turkish as a mother tongue, and English as a foreign language.

Do you support any charities?

Yes. And we shoot voluntarily for non-profit organizations and sports.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Is your business registered?

Yes. Cheers Melbourne Photography is a registered business.

Is your business Insured?

We are fully insured. and public liability insurance.

Do you have a quality of work guarantee?

Yes! As part of your digital contract, we offer a quality of work guarantee.

What kind of equipment do you use?

We shoot just digital and use the high-end professional equipment. Canon DSLRs, along with a huge range of Canon L series lenses, Canon and Elinchrom lighting equipment.

Is the assistant a professional photographer?

Assistants are not professional photographers. Even Tuğba or Erkin assisting each other, you should not expect two professional photographers’ service.

Do you work with assistants?

Sometimes.

Do you charge for Travel?

We wish no one charges us for our travel. We wish not to charge for our travels for anyone else either. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss about this.

Do you travel for shots?

We can work everywhere as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Do you work public holidays?

We can work every time as soon as we like you and get excited about your project.

Are you part time or full time?

We each have our different professions, but we share our passion for photography and this is our family business which we love to work together for. So it is a more than full-time job for us.

Are you studio based or do you come location?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide require on location and documentary candid shooting. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Where are you based?

We are based in Melbourne. … For now.

Do we get 2 photographers when we hire you?

No.

Are you couple?

Yes, we are. We are married and in love.

What is the style of your photography?

We want our photographs to tell a story, even commercial ones. While we are capturing the time, we wish to capture a moment in time that will make the moment will be lived and cherished forever.

What is your background in photography, and how long have you been photographing ?

We don’t remember a life without cameras. Erkin is a professional photographer since 2000. Together Tuğba & Erkin running their own photography business since 2007

What is photography to you?

Photography was a family business, arts and beauty were a family tradition for both ours families. Now arts and beauty are passions for our family and photography is our family business.

Wedding

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Do you shoot extreme weddings?

YES. Name it. According to the excitement and experimental and challenging shoot, we may offer unbelievable you discounts.

Do you shoot too large or too small weddings?

Every couple and every event are unique and precious for us.

Do you shoot Indian, Persian, African, White, Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Non-Religious, … weddings?

As we say, love is love. It would be our pleasure to document your celebration of any faith, non-faith, any race, any culture. Maybe we can ask for a briefing before if we are not experienced about the tradition.

Are you LGBT friendly?

Yes. Love is love.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Wedding Photos

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Family

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you own Work With Children check?

Yes. Both Tugba and Erkin has WWC chards. We never use any assistant for family and home shoots.

Commercial

Weddings

Weddings

We cover your wedding day from beginning to end.

Our wedding photography service includes but not limited to:

  • Preparations
  • Ceremony
  • Group Images
  • Reception

And how about trendy Honeymoon-At-Home photo sessions?

Click to Learn More

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Magical Historical Landmarks: LYCIA

Stunning Congress Center

Wedding Photography

  • basic services

    Small Wedding Package

    This concentrated session allows us to cover the most crucial moments of your wedding day.

    • Half Day Reservation- 6 Hours
    • Location Shoot (Album Shoot)
    • Ceremony
    • Beginning of Reception (First Dance)
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • premium services

    Full Wedding Package

    The package covers all the formality and entertainment of the day, capturing all the emotions, intensity and giggles for the biggest day!

    • Full Day Reservation – 12 Hours
      • Optional extra hours
      • Optional additional photographer
    • Multiple Location Shoot
    • Bride Preparations
    • Ceremony
    • Reception / Wedding Party
    • Pre-shoot Consultation
    • Color corrected & print-ready delivery. No watermarks.
    • Photos are delivered in USB flash drive
  • special offers

    Albums

    We may deliver a beautiful wedding album reflecting the best moments of your biggest day with great collage and writings of your choice.

    • Regular Album

    • 12” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost
    • Large Album

    • 18” 20 Slide
    • Album delivery may take up to 6-10 weeks
    • Includes up to 70 images
    • Extra pages at additional cost

 

Book Online a Free Consultation

Family Photography

  • basic services

    Family Portraits

    We take pictures at a chosen location, or in the studio. We adore great big families, so high number of family members are welcome. Just send a message and let’s arrange the details together.

    • 1 Hour session
    • 5 Hours session
  • premium services

    Pregnancy, Birth and Newborn

    If you do not feel like signing up for a package, you may as well choose any of the sessions and pay as you go.

    • Pregnancy Portrait – 3 Hours
    • C-Section Birth Session – 3 Hours
    • Natural Birth Session – 8 Hours
    • Newborn Session – 4 Hours
  • special offers

    Maternity Package

    This package includes pregnancy, birth and newborn photography sessions.

    • Pregnancy Portrait
    • Birth Session (c-section)
      • Birth Session (natural birth)
    • Newborn Session

Book a Portrait Session

General

Wedding

Wedding Photos

Family

Commercial

Commercial Portrait

Productions

Payment

Photographers

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Do you shoot foods?

Yes.

Do you shoot products?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you shoot architectural and real estate?

Yes. We shoot your office, factory, workshop, building or construction site.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Commercial Portrait

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Productions

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Do you only offer the photos on USB or do you offer prints, albums, etc.?

First of all, we are photographers, and offering our photography services to you. Printing is not our job, but we are happy to share our experience and guide you.

How long do you keep a copy of our photos?

We will keep your photos and RAW files up to one year. After then we only keep the most selected ones for our own archives.

How do you edit / process your photos?

First of all, we delete the test shots, out of focus shots, and the shots that are really not useful like, eyes shut, mouth open, bad attitude etc. Then we eliminate the replicated shots, select the best ones and start standard color and light correcting. Finally, we select the best of the best for further enhancements according to your package.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Do you shoot in RAW?

In most cases yes.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you photo-shop?

Yes. We take post production seriously. We use a bunch of fphoto editing software including PhotoShop, the registered trademark and photo editing software of Adobe.

Will you post the photographs online?

We generally will post about every shoot on our blog and possibly our portfolio.

Do you use our photos for other purposes?

We only use for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement.

Can I share my photos on social media sites?

Sure you can. We wish you like and share them all. We should provide digital photos which are ready for internet share without any watermarks. We would be happy if you refer to us.

Is there a watermark on the photos?

There will be no watermarks on the photos that you will get according to your service package. There can be a watermark on our own sharing.

Who owns the copyright on the images from the session?

They are your photographs but Copyright remains with Cheers Melbourne Photography

Payment

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

Photographers

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Do you shoot foods?

Yes.

Do you shoot products?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you shoot architectural and real estate?

Yes. We shoot your office, factory, workshop, building or construction site.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Commercial Portrait

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Productions

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Do you only offer the photos on USB or do you offer prints, albums, etc.?

First of all, we are photographers, and offering our photography services to you. Printing is not our job, but we are happy to share our experience and guide you.

How long do you keep a copy of our photos?

We will keep your photos and RAW files up to one year. After then we only keep the most selected ones for our own archives.

How do you edit / process your photos?

First of all, we delete the test shots, out of focus shots, and the shots that are really not useful like, eyes shut, mouth open, bad attitude etc. Then we eliminate the replicated shots, select the best ones and start standard color and light correcting. Finally, we select the best of the best for further enhancements according to your package.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Do you shoot in RAW?

In most cases yes.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you photo-shop?

Yes. We take post production seriously. We use a bunch of fphoto editing software including PhotoShop, the registered trademark and photo editing software of Adobe.

Will you post the photographs online?

We generally will post about every shoot on our blog and possibly our portfolio.

Do you use our photos for other purposes?

We only use for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement.

Can I share my photos on social media sites?

Sure you can. We wish you like and share them all. We should provide digital photos which are ready for internet share without any watermarks. We would be happy if you refer to us.

Is there a watermark on the photos?

There will be no watermarks on the photos that you will get according to your service package. There can be a watermark on our own sharing.

Who owns the copyright on the images from the session?

They are your photographs but Copyright remains with Cheers Melbourne Photography

Payment

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

Photographers

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Do you shoot foods?

Yes.

Do you shoot products?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you shoot architectural and real estate?

Yes. We shoot your office, factory, workshop, building or construction site.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Commercial Portrait

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Productions

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Do you only offer the photos on USB or do you offer prints, albums, etc.?

First of all, we are photographers, and offering our photography services to you. Printing is not our job, but we are happy to share our experience and guide you.

How long do you keep a copy of our photos?

We will keep your photos and RAW files up to one year. After then we only keep the most selected ones for our own archives.

How do you edit / process your photos?

First of all, we delete the test shots, out of focus shots, and the shots that are really not useful like, eyes shut, mouth open, bad attitude etc. Then we eliminate the replicated shots, select the best ones and start standard color and light correcting. Finally, we select the best of the best for further enhancements according to your package.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Do you shoot in RAW?

In most cases yes.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you photo-shop?

Yes. We take post production seriously. We use a bunch of fphoto editing software including PhotoShop, the registered trademark and photo editing software of Adobe.

Will you post the photographs online?

We generally will post about every shoot on our blog and possibly our portfolio.

Do you use our photos for other purposes?

We only use for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement.

Can I share my photos on social media sites?

Sure you can. We wish you like and share them all. We should provide digital photos which are ready for internet share without any watermarks. We would be happy if you refer to us.

Is there a watermark on the photos?

There will be no watermarks on the photos that you will get according to your service package. There can be a watermark on our own sharing.

Who owns the copyright on the images from the session?

They are your photographs but Copyright remains with Cheers Melbourne Photography

Payment

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

Photographers

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Do you shoot foods?

Yes.

Do you shoot products?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you shoot architectural and real estate?

Yes. We shoot your office, factory, workshop, building or construction site.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Commercial Portrait

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Productions

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Do you only offer the photos on USB or do you offer prints, albums, etc.?

First of all, we are photographers, and offering our photography services to you. Printing is not our job, but we are happy to share our experience and guide you.

How long do you keep a copy of our photos?

We will keep your photos and RAW files up to one year. After then we only keep the most selected ones for our own archives.

How do you edit / process your photos?

First of all, we delete the test shots, out of focus shots, and the shots that are really not useful like, eyes shut, mouth open, bad attitude etc. Then we eliminate the replicated shots, select the best ones and start standard color and light correcting. Finally, we select the best of the best for further enhancements according to your package.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Do you shoot in RAW?

In most cases yes.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you photo-shop?

Yes. We take post production seriously. We use a bunch of fphoto editing software including PhotoShop, the registered trademark and photo editing software of Adobe.

Will you post the photographs online?

We generally will post about every shoot on our blog and possibly our portfolio.

Do you use our photos for other purposes?

We only use for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement.

Can I share my photos on social media sites?

Sure you can. We wish you like and share them all. We should provide digital photos which are ready for internet share without any watermarks. We would be happy if you refer to us.

Is there a watermark on the photos?

There will be no watermarks on the photos that you will get according to your service package. There can be a watermark on our own sharing.

Who owns the copyright on the images from the session?

They are your photographs but Copyright remains with Cheers Melbourne Photography

Payment

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

Photographers

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Do you shoot foods?

Yes.

Do you shoot products?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you shoot architectural and real estate?

Yes. We shoot your office, factory, workshop, building or construction site.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Commercial Portrait

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Productions

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Do you only offer the photos on USB or do you offer prints, albums, etc.?

First of all, we are photographers, and offering our photography services to you. Printing is not our job, but we are happy to share our experience and guide you.

How long do you keep a copy of our photos?

We will keep your photos and RAW files up to one year. After then we only keep the most selected ones for our own archives.

How do you edit / process your photos?

First of all, we delete the test shots, out of focus shots, and the shots that are really not useful like, eyes shut, mouth open, bad attitude etc. Then we eliminate the replicated shots, select the best ones and start standard color and light correcting. Finally, we select the best of the best for further enhancements according to your package.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Do you shoot in RAW?

In most cases yes.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you photo-shop?

Yes. We take post production seriously. We use a bunch of fphoto editing software including PhotoShop, the registered trademark and photo editing software of Adobe.

Will you post the photographs online?

We generally will post about every shoot on our blog and possibly our portfolio.

Do you use our photos for other purposes?

We only use for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement.

Can I share my photos on social media sites?

Sure you can. We wish you like and share them all. We should provide digital photos which are ready for internet share without any watermarks. We would be happy if you refer to us.

Is there a watermark on the photos?

There will be no watermarks on the photos that you will get according to your service package. There can be a watermark on our own sharing.

Who owns the copyright on the images from the session?

They are your photographs but Copyright remains with Cheers Melbourne Photography

Payment

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

Photographers

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Can I copy this FAQ?

Sure you can, but we highly recommend you to not copy the answers exactly.

Who built your website?

We did.

Do you have a partner or a sponsor?

No.

Can I buy you a coffee?

Sure you can.

Can I take you as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Can you take me as an assistant apprentice?

Why not.

Are you hiring?

No. This is our boutique family business and passion. And for now we don’t have any intention for growing.

Can I come and watch?

In a booked professional session you can’t. Our clients pay us for our %100 attention.

Do you ever teach or give workshops?

Erkin does. Erkin used to lecture and give workshops. He did not start in Australia yet.

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

Do you have a early booking discount?

Sometimes.

Do you have season or week day discount?

Sometimes.

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

Do you accept credit cards?

As long as PayPal accepts it we accept it. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

What payment methods do you accept?

We accept all major credit cards, cash, or check. Because credit card companies take a percentage of every sale for processing, the best way to support small businesses is by paying with cash or check. Please keep in mind, “Cheers Melbourne Photography” is a registered, tax-paying business

When is the final payment due?

One week prior to shooting session.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

I need to change my wedding date, what happens to my deposit?

As far as we are not booked for another occasion, our contract stands still with a date change. If we are not, it means a cancellation of our booking.

If I need to cancel?

The retainer fee and all deposit are non-refundable. The retainer guarantees that I’ll hold the date exclusively for you. That means I have turned down all other commissions for that date.

Can you hold a date?

No, we can’t hold. We book it with a contract.

Do you require a deposit?

As soon as you book us for your wedding date, along with the contract we require deposit too.

How much do I need to deposit?

%50 of your contract.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Do you shoot foods?

Yes.

Do you shoot products?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you shoot architectural and real estate?

Yes. We shoot your office, factory, workshop, building or construction site.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What if my kids don’t cooperate?

We love getting to know my clients’ kids, even the ones who are shy/stubborn/you name it! Our goal is to capture the personalities of the kids in front of our lens, including all of the beautiful quirks, details, and small moments that make up childhood. So we always approach the session as a new friend who’s just there to play and have a good time with us. If we can’t break the ice soon enough, we spent the time as long as we need. In family shoots, these making up times never counts as your contracted shooting period.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

What about pets?

This is a family shoot right? Any member of your family is welcome. Also, we can take portraits of your pets too, as long as you have somewhere or someone to keep them, when they’re not being photographed.

Can I bring my mom/boyfriend/other family member along for a couple of pictures?

We love it when my clients bring along a “laugh buddy,” and it’s always fun to grab an extra photo of you together!

Do you photograph individuals/couples/groups etc.?

Yes, we do all types of combinations for our photo shoots. Families, couples, individuals. We do large groups, especially for family shots.

Can we do a home session even if our house is tiny/dark/messy?

Yes. We’ve worked in homes of hundreds of clients, and I’ve never found one that didn’t work. There is always a beautiful little patch of light that’s perfect for photography! If it’s home to your family, that’s all we need to work with!

What location(s) should we choose for our session, and is travel included?

You can choose anywhere you want. Within the Melbourne metropolitan area, all transportation is included in our fee. But if traveling to the location takes a lot of time and an additional big budget, we should discuss this.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a family shoot, your favorite locations, parks or homes are great. You and especially kids feel more comfortable within a familiar location. These means more relaxed natural photos. Limitless outfits and probes are other plusses.

Where will the photos be taken?

The location of the photo session is up to you. Ideally, We prefer to use natural, available light aided with reflectors and fill in lighting sources. We will discuss what type of feel you are looking for in your photographs, we can then work together to come up with the perfect location. Newborn photo sessions are almost always held within the comfort of your own home.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

Do you shoot contemporary family portraits?

Yes. While we are shooting contemporary family portraits, we shoot lifestyle too. Or while shooting lifestyle, shooting contemporary too.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Should I be worried about the weather of the day?

We can find a way, to make your day and its photographs great and unique. At the end, it is a photojournalistic, documentary photographing of your day.

What if my venue – location is not suitable for photography?

We have shot in the dark chapels and on the beaches, under a bright sun. We can find a way. If the venue allows, we will set up additional lighting to ensure we get focused pictures. Some chapels and heritage places do not allow for flash photography; and for that reason, we shoot on cameras with superb low-light performance and lenses with low apertures.

Do you visit venues before?

We would be happy to visit your location with you prior to the wedding day. If it is out of town we would arrive early to make sure that we spot where the best photographic opportunities are. We also do extensive online research prior to your big day.

Is it a bad thing shooting in a new venue?

Absolutely not. Actually, it is great opportunity to create unique photographs. New venues avoid us from replicating ourselves. The challenge keeps us vigilant and creative.

Have you shot at our location before?

Probably not. In past ten years, three times came across to the same venue. We are traveling around the world. Maybe that is why. However, we love shooting at new venues and seeing a location with fresh eyes is very valuable as well! We feel confident that we would do an excellent job capturing it.

Can my family and friends take pictures with their cameras?

Of course, your guests can take photos too. All we ask is that we are not impeded in our service to you. Sometimes we request from them not to swarm to take photographs. If you wish to walk through the aisle in an ocean of mobile phones they can take pictures every time.

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

Can I split my wedding photography package in half?

If you want to split the program this is not a standard package, this is just another tailor made service.

I want everything documented.

We will be with you from the morning preparations (as early as needed) to the night (as late as needed). We believe in capturing the whole story of your love, even from proposal to the wedding. Shopping, dates, engagement, rehearsal, bridal parties. We have some couples which we have shot their; proposal, engagement, wedding, maternity, birth, newborn, family …. and looking forward to shooting for much. We should talk about it.

How long will you stay for on the wedding day?

We come as early as needed, we leave as late as needed.

Do you photography engagement sessions?

We sure do! You can either include it in your package or purchase an engagement shoot separately. When we do your engagement shoot, apart from you getting some pretty pictures, we all get to know each other and have a bit of a bonding session. It’s great fun and you get to see how we work and interact. This session is so valuable in breaking down barriers and helping you to feel comfortable in front of the camera and with us.

Do you attend a rehearsal?

As we mentioned, a pre-wedding meeting is mandatory. What is more, if we can spare time we always wish to have more meetings, including shoppings and rehearsals. But these all depend on availability. If you wish an end to end documentary of your story, we should discuss of booking these days in our meeting too. Otherwise, we can’t guarantee any of it.

Are your packages flexible?

Absolutely YES. Every couple, every wedding are unique to us, as much as yours is precious to you. Our packages are just starting points, we should discuss and create a tailor made service which fits your wishes, needs, and budget.

Can we meet with you to discuss our wedding?

A pre-wedding meeting is included, and mandatory in all our packages. We always suggest we meet and get to know each other. Every wedding is different, so we talk through a unique plan tailored specifically for your wedding day. What is more one of the excitement of our job is making new friends.

How many photographs will we receive?

We generally don’t stop taking photos for the whole day. Erkin is a shutter freak. We never set a maximum or minimum limit, but the quantity and the quality of photos are dependent on a range of factors. The number of guest, locations, season, lights. Usually, in a full day coverage, we access 1500 clicks and eliminate the best of the day to 300-600. And best of the best 100-250.

Can we give you a list of photos we want?

We would be happy if you to share some images that you like and don’t like with us, to get a feel for your exact tastes and expectations, but we never work through a list of photos or guarantee any certain shots. We describe ourselves as creative wedding photographers, relying on the chemistry between the couple and interactions of the people at your wedding to inspire the photos, therefore we typically don’t work to a specific photo list.

Do you take group photos and family as well as candid’s?

We do take traditional family pictures in addition to our more lifestyle documentary style. We do appreciate the value of the traditional family portraits. Since each wedding is unique, we decide, in discussion with you, how much time is spent on traditional groups. We recommend to stick to no more than 8 in total, with a pre-arranged list, otherwise, it can take over too much of the day

Do you take dance shots?

As long as your packages covers, and if you want so, one of us is right there with everyone on the dance floor, dancing while shooting.

Do you capture details?

Of course. During a documentary wedding photography session, we capture every sweet detail, from venue decorations to wedding suites. Also, some details are secondary stars of the weddings such as rings, bridal bouquet, shoes etc. And they are good opportunities for us to create artistic photographs.

Will you take photos of the groom as well as the bride before the wedding?

We usually try to visit both the bride as well as the groom before the ceremony. According to your venue and package if there is enough time for both. But sometimes it can’t be. The bride has the priority. We highly recommend hiring both of us for your package. So Tugba will be with the bride, Erkin will be with the groom during the preparations.

Do you take getting-ready shots?

Sure. As candid documentary wedding photographers, these are mandatory shots, and some of our favorite photographs.

What is candid photography

Candid Photography is capturing the spontaneity of a moment. The style is natural and timeless and offers a relaxed approach. Photographs have a documentary and photojournalistic feel that tells the story of your day.

What kind of photographs do you shoot on the wedding day?

We shoot candid to elegant, vintage photographs mixed with classic bridal portraiture. Our shooting style is mostly relaxed, candid with the photojournalistic feel. We try to capture every detail as much as possible from preparation photos of the bride and groom, details, a variety of portraits – individuals of the bride and groom, a variety of bridal party group photos, candid photos of guests, family portraits, and all the fun photos too.

When can I expect to see my wedding images?

Delivery of your images is generally 4 weeks, however, in peak wedding season it may extend out to 6 weeks but no more. Album and any other specific delivery may extend to 12 weeks.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

What’s included in the photography package?

All of our packages include a pre-wedding meeting, wedding photography coverage, a minimum of 300 fully edited high-resolution images on disc or USB stick ready for printing and ready for sharing on the internet.

Should we provide you with a meal?

Basically, we are able to work on a higher level for longer if we’ve been fed! Wedding days are long days, we require meals and refreshments. It’s not a contracted requirement. If you choose not to provide a meal for us, we will take a break at some point, but we prefer to be fed when you are fed. Don’t worry, we never miss great shots; when eating people are not at their most photogenic mode.

Should we provide you with a meal at the reception?

That would be most appreciated if you did, but it’s not a contracted requirement. Rather than been fed, this makes us feel that we are a part of the wedding. On the other hand we never, seat and have a long reception dining. We go on shooting.

What will you wear to shot?

It depends on the type of wedding you are having! We always dress professionally and appropriately for the location and event we will be shooting and always suit to the dress code of the event. Sometimes we change multiple styles, active for outdoor shots, formal for the ceremony, smart casual for the reception… Sometimes we use name tags for accreditation of our professional photography team.

Have you ever cancelled a booking or not shown up to a wedding?

None of us died yet. So we have not canceled a wedding or not shown up. Never! We do plan on keeping it that way.

What happens if you are deadly serious sick?

We have never missed a wedding because of sickness or any other reason. We never book a second occasion on a wedding day. At least one of us will be there. If we happen to be in a deadly situation together we should arrange a similarly experienced photographer for you.

What happens if you die?

If one of us die, the died one %100 the one left %99 will not shown up in your wedding. Probably none of us think it would be a big deal in this super sad situation.

Do we need 2nd shooter?

We usually offer you to hire both of us. This frees us both up to focus on shooting and looking for special moments while ensuring that between the two of us, we don’t miss the important ones. The 2nd shooter offers a different, but complementary perspective, what we call “Photography with a Taste”. We help each other as assistants. This allows us to work efficiently throughout the entire day.

Do you shoot with an assistant?

According to the circumstances, we do sometimes assistants are handy. But make sure that assistants are never 2nd photographers. Even in most of the cases, we prefer to use assistants just for logistics.

Will you be shooting?

Erkin or Tugba, depending on your package Erkin & Tugba will be shooting in your sessions.

Do you charge for Travel?

For shooting locations outside the Melbourne metro area, there is a travel charge. According to the travel range, we should require travel chargers, additional time and accommodation fees. We mentioned before according to the experience and excitement which your shoot offers, travel expenses can be on our own.

How far do you travel for weddings?

We love traveling, and we love traveling for weddings. We shot weddings on 5 continent. Looking for an opportunity for the 6th

Commercial Portrait

Do you shoot semi professional / amateur / young model portfolios with a discount?

If you or we have a project in mind which will make us excited, we can make it work even free with a model release.

Do you take last minute bookings?

As far as we are available, Yes.

What can you do for my budget?

If you are working on a smaller budget, we can discuss your coverage. No two sessions are alike and as such, we would love to create a custom package that suits exactly what you need!

I’ve found a cheaper photographer, do you price match?

Simply No. As professional service providers, we never price match as a principle. But we can negotiate and offer discounts.

I’ve decided that I want to change my photography coverage?

As long as you extend your coverage without a date change, everything seems good.

Do you shoot fashion?

Yes.

Construction site?

Safety first. Don’t worry. Erkin has his White Card.

Do you prefer studio or location?

As long as it is a commercial & lifestyle shoot, your commercial & favorite environments are great. What are more lots of commercial photography requires on location sessions? (office, factory, workshop, building, etc.)

Do you shoot contemporary commercial portraits?

Yes. According to your needs, we shoot contemporary portraits with contemporary poses and with surreal backdrops.

What kind of photographs do you shoot as commercial portraits?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

How long does the photography session take?

Sometimes we wish it never lasts. But be sure that it will take all the time that it needs for beautiful photographs. Especially with newborns and kids.

Can I keep the images from my session private?

We only use photographs for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement. If you choose to decline the model release, we absolutely respect your decision and will keep your images under lock and key.

Do you provide a service for hair & make up?

No. We can’t provide you a professional service for hair and make-up. What we can is counseling you as professional photographers. Remember too, as it is all digital we can re-touch anything that you aren’t happy with. Also, don’t forget, our photography session is about capturing the real you.

Help! I’m terribly un-photogenic!

Pretty much everyone tells us this before their session, and it never turns out to be true. We love coaching our clients through having their photos taken, and we have a lot of tricks and a secret weapon. When you’re having a great time, you’ll look more beautiful than you thought was possible.

What happens if it the weather is bad on our scheduled session date?

Melbourne weather is notoriously unpredictable and changes very quickly. We keep a number of backup dates for both outdoor and indoor on location sessions, in a case of bad weather or anything else. There is no fee to reschedule to a new date.

Do you have a studio?

We have our studio but most of the services we provide need on location and documentary candid shots. On the other hand, we can transform every location is studios in minutes with our high-end portable equipment and experience.

What is Lifestyle Photography?

Lifestyle photography is a kind of photography which mainly aims to capture portrait/people in situations, real-life events or milestones in an artistic manner and the art of the everyday. The primary goal is to tell stories about people’s life or to inspire people in different times. (wikipedia)

What kind of photographs do you shoot as portrait photographs?

Our work is most often categorized as Lifestyle Photography. We love fast-paced, authentic images. We seek out genuine moments that make the audience feel something.

Productions

Do you offer videography?

No. We are specialized in emotional based, natural portrait photography candid photography. According to the circumstances, we capture some videos for slide shows and cine-graphic works.

What isn’t included as standard with your photography packages?

Any kind of video shooting and editing. Any kind of prints or albums. We have album packages to help you for designing and handling of the albums.

Can I print my photos on enlarged, paper, canvas, acrylic, etc.?

Most of the photos you will get are ready to print A3 size or more without any quality loss that naked eye can see.

Can I print my own photos?

Yes. Every photo you will get are in high resolution and print ready.

Do you only offer the photos on USB or do you offer prints, albums, etc.?

First of all, we are photographers, and offering our photography services to you. Printing is not our job, but we are happy to share our experience and guide you.

How long do you keep a copy of our photos?

We will keep your photos and RAW files up to one year. After then we only keep the most selected ones for our own archives.

How do you edit / process your photos?

First of all, we delete the test shots, out of focus shots, and the shots that are really not useful like, eyes shut, mouth open, bad attitude etc. Then we eliminate the replicated shots, select the best ones and start standard color and light correcting. Finally, we select the best of the best for further enhancements according to your package.

Can I have a copy of everything you shot on session?

Absolutely No. Because before our selection for editing starts we eliminate and delete some of them forever.

Can I have a copy of the RAW files?

RAW files are RAW, so they need professional attention and post production skills.

Do you shoot in RAW?

In most cases yes.

What about the effects, B&W, vintage look, etc.?

According to our agreement, we will provide digitally styled photographs. We wish we chose the ones that will be edited, according to our post production experience.

Do you retouch?

There should be some other natural touchups, but never Hollywood style retouching. We can add or remove something, but never lose the originality of the scene. According to your package or agreement, you will get styled photographs with some post production effects.

Do you edit all the photos that we get?

According to your service package, you will receive color and light corrected images to make sure exposure and white balance are right.

Do we receive every single image that you take on the session?

We will edit only the best photos, and give you the only best ones. We won’t give you any photos of people with their eyes closed, or shots out of focus or people with food in their mouth.

Do you photo-shop?

Yes. We take post production seriously. We use a bunch of fphoto editing software including PhotoShop, the registered trademark and photo editing software of Adobe.

Will you post the photographs online?

We generally will post about every shoot on our blog and possibly our portfolio.

Do you use our photos for other purposes?

We only use for our own reference, advertising, and editorial purposes as long as you gave permission. As soon as we wish, we would inform you and have your model release agreement.

Can I share my photos on social media sites?